diff --git a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration.h b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fd62e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3639 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated:
+ *
+ * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all
+ *
+ * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusa3d.com/calculator_3416/
+ *
+ * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * https://web.archive.org/web/20220907014303/https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * https://teachingtechyt.github.io/calibration.html
+ *
+ * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865
+ */
+
+// @section info
+
+// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+ #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CREALITY_V4 //ORIGINAL: #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1 //ORIGINAL: #define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Serial Port Baud Rate
+ * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports.
+ * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200 //ORIGINAL: #define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
+ * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
+
+/**
+ * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1
+//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
+
+/**
+ * Select a serial port to communicate with RS485 protocol
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define RS485_SERIAL_PORT 1
+#ifdef RS485_SERIAL_PORT
+ //#define RS485_BUS_BUFFER_SIZE 128
+#endif
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3 Max Neo" //ORIGINAL: //#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
+
+// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
+// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section stepper drivers
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ * TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
+ * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE //ORIGINAL: #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+/**
+ * Additional Axis Settings
+ *
+ * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot.
+ * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees.
+ *
+ * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands.
+ * By convention the names and roles are typically:
+ * 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X
+ * 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y
+ * 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z
+ * 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X
+ * 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y
+ * 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z
+ *
+ * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W.
+ */
+#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
+ #define AXIS4_ROTATES
+#endif
+#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
+ #define AXIS5_ROTATES
+#endif
+#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
+ #define AXIS6_ROTATES
+#endif
+#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W']
+ //#define AXIS7_ROTATES
+#endif
+#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W']
+ //#define AXIS8_ROTATES
+#endif
+#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE
+ #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W']
+ //#define AXIS9_ROTATES
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
+// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
+#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
+ //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
+ //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
+#endif
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+ #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+ #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+ #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+ #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
+//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles.
+ * Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+ #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+ //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+ #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // A pair of angles for { E0, E1 }.
+ // For Dual Servo use two pairs: { { lower, raise }, { lower, raise } }
+ #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move
+#endif
+
+// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
+//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+
+ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+ //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+ #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+ #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point
+ #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+ #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
+ #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+ #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+ #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
+ //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
+ #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate
+ #endif
+ #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+ #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
+ * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+ #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+ //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+ //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+ //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS
+ #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+ //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section multi-material
+
+/**
+ * Multi-Material Unit
+ * Set to one of these predefined models:
+ *
+ * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version)
+ * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2
+ * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5)
+ * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
+ * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"]
+ */
+//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// @section psu control
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+ //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on
+ //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off
+ //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off
+ #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box
+
+ //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+ //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
+ //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
+
+ //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT // Second pin for redundant power control
+ //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT_INVERTED // Redundant pin state is the inverse of PSU_ACTIVE_STATE
+
+ //#define PS_ON1_PIN 6 // Redundant pin required to enable power in combination with PS_ON_PIN
+
+ //#define PS_ON_EDM_PIN 8 // External Device Monitoring pins for external power control relay feedback. Fault on mismatch.
+ //#define PS_ON1_EDM_PIN 9
+ #define PS_EDM_RESPONSE 250 // (ms) Time to allow for relay action
+
+ //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay
+ //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown
+
+ //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on)
+ //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off)
+
+ //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+ #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+ #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU for fans
+ #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS // Turn on PSU for E Fans
+ #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN // Turn on PSU for Controller Fan
+ #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Chamber Fan
+ #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Cooler Fan
+ #define AUTO_POWER_SPINDLE_LASER // Turn on PSU for Spindle/Laser
+ #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration
+ //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time.
+ #endif
+ #if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN)
+ //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature
+ //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature
+ //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section temperature
+
+/**
+ * Temperature Sensors:
+ *
+ * NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kΩ pullup with correct resistor and table.
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal
+ * ================================================================
+ * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors
+ * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA
+ * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE
+ * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2
+ * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D
+ * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor
+ * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C
+ * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A
+ * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M
+ * 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor
+ * 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor
+ * 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor
+ * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend
+ * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple)
+ * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
+ * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
+ * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT
+ * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
+ * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961
+ * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1%
+ * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed
+ * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1%
+ * 14 : 100kΩ (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kΩ pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1
+ * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ * 17 : 100kΩ Dagoma NTC white thermistor
+ * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input
+ * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input
+ * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950
+ * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950
+ * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950
+ * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor
+ * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor
+ * 68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design
+ * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2
+ * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32
+ * 666 : 200kΩ Einstart S custom thermistor with 10k pullup.
+ * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup
+ * Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ.
+ * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ * ================================================================
+ * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup)
+ * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup)
+ * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup)
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical
+ * ================================================================
+ * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000)
+ * ================================================================
+ * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
+ * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup
+ * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
+ * 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup
+ * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D)
+ * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage.
+ * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21.
+ * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply.
+ * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C.
+ * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards
+ * ================================================================
+ * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
+ * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below.
+ * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
+ * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
+ *
+ * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default,
+ * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN,
+ * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the
+ * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported.
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Analog Thermocouple Boards
+ * ================================================================
+ * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple
+ * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * SoC internal sensor
+ * ================================================================
+ * 100 : SoC internal sensor
+ *
+ * ================================================================
+ * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors
+ * ================================================================
+ * 0 : not used
+ * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!!
+ * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 //ORIGINAL: #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0)
+ #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000)
+ #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000
+#endif
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1)
+ #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100
+ #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430
+#endif
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2)
+ #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100
+ #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR
+ #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+ #define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+ #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+ #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+ #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+ #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+ #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191
+ #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+ #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT)
+ *
+ * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another
+ * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C),
+ * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting
+ * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring.
+ *
+ * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
+ #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading.
+ #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for.
+ #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort.
+#endif
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 0 //ORIGINAL: #define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
+#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
+#define BED_MINTEMP 0 //ORIGINAL: #define BED_MINTEMP 5
+#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 //ORIGINAL: #define BED_MAXTEMP 150
+#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Overshoot
+ * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees
+ * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees
+ * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP.
+ */
+#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
+#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
+#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hotend temp
+
+/**
+ * Temperature Control
+ *
+ * (NONE) : Bang-bang heating
+ * PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K)
+ * MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune)
+ */
+#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+//#define MPCTEMP // ** EXPERIMENTAL ** See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html
+
+#define PID_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+ //#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
+ //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+ // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+
+ #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
+ // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
+ // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
+ #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 20.3, 20.3 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
+ #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.75, 1.75 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
+ #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 58, 58 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
+ #else
+ #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.3 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20
+ #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.75 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+ #define DEFAULT_Kd 58 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00
+ #endif
+#else
+ #define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Model Predictive Control for hotend
+ *
+ * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives
+ * better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+ * and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model.
+ * @section mpctemp
+ */
+#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP)
+ #define MPC_AUTOTUNE // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash)
+ //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash)
+ //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash)
+
+ #define MPC_MAX 255 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active.
+ #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers.
+
+ #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed?
+
+ // Measured physical constants from M306
+ #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities.
+ #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block.
+ #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off.
+ #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
+ #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full.
+ #endif
+
+ // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect.
+ #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
+ //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS
+ //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND
+ #endif
+
+ // Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm)
+ // Set at runtime with M306 H
+ #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA).
+ // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG).
+ // 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS).
+ // 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon).
+
+ // Advanced options
+ #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization.
+ #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies.
+ #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced.
+
+ #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height.
+ #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position.
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section bed temp
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ *
+ * With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED //ORIGINAL: //#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+ //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
+ //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port.
+
+ // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+ // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+ #define DEFAULT_bedKp 142 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+ #define DEFAULT_bedKi 17.25 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+ #define DEFAULT_bedKd 780.5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+ // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#else
+ //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target
+#endif
+
+// Add 'M190 R T' for more gradual M190 R bed cooling.
+//#define BED_ANNEALING_GCODE
+
+//===========================================================================
+//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ====================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Chamber Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable
+ * hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ * @section chamber temp
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER
+//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Chamber Power
+ * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
+ */
+#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
+ #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0
+ //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port.
+
+ // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element
+ // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent.
+ //
+ #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04
+ #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40
+ #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17
+ // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17
+
+ // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER
+
+#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
+ //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+ //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+ #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+ // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+ //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
+ //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
+#endif
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 180 //ORIGINAL: #define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 //ORIGINAL: #define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//
+// MarkForged Kinematics
+// See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042
+//
+//#define MARKFORGED_XY
+//#define MARKFORGED_YX
+#if ANY(MARKFORGED_XY, MARKFORGED_YX)
+ //#define MARKFORGED_INVERSE // Enable for an inverted Markforged kinematics belt path
+#endif
+
+// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion
+//#define BELTPRINTER
+
+// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics
+//#define POLARGRAPH
+#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH)
+ #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H.
+ #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 // Move segmentation based on duration
+ #define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu
+#endif
+
+// @section delta
+
+// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below
+//#define DELTA
+#if ENABLED(DELTA)
+
+ // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation).
+ // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments)
+ // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls).
+ #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
+
+ // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained
+ //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE
+
+ // Delta calibration menu
+ // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu.
+ // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051
+ //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU
+
+ // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results.
+ //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION
+
+ #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION)
+ // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7)
+ #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4
+ #endif
+
+ #if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU)
+ // Step size for paper-test probing
+ #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm)
+ #endif
+
+ // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers).
+ #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
+
+ // Maximum reachable area
+ #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
+
+ // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods.
+ #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm)
+
+ // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position
+ #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
+
+ #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
+
+ // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered.
+ #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
+
+ // Trim adjustments for individual towers
+ // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0
+ // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer
+ #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
+
+ // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments
+ //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
+ //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section scara
+
+/**
+ * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
+ * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
+ *
+ * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See:
+ * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048
+ * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491
+ */
+//#define MORGAN_SCARA
+//#define MP_SCARA
+#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA)
+ // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
+ #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
+
+ // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
+ #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm)
+ #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm)
+
+ // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
+ // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
+ #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm)
+ #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm)
+
+ #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
+
+ //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
+ #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
+
+ // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
+ #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
+
+ #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA)
+
+ #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees
+ #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees
+
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+// @section tpara
+
+// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below
+//#define AXEL_TPARA
+#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA)
+ #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS
+ #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
+
+ // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
+ #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm)
+ #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm)
+
+ // TPARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
+ // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the TPARA space.
+ #define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm)
+ #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm)
+ #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm)
+
+ #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
+
+ // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
+ #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section polar
+
+/**
+ * POLAR Kinematics
+ * developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear
+ * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine
+ * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer
+ *
+ * A polar machine can have different configurations.
+ * This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration:
+ * X : Independent linear
+ * Y or B : Polar
+ * Z : Independent linear
+ *
+ * For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B.
+ *
+ * Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin:
+ *
+ * 3D printing:
+ * Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others.
+ * This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast
+ * as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more
+ * complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented.
+ *
+ * Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause
+ * unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand.
+ *
+ * Laser cutting:
+ * Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the
+ * center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar
+ * compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations.
+ *
+ * Milling:
+ * This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations.
+ */
+//#define POLAR
+#if ENABLED(POLAR)
+ #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180 // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
+ #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis
+
+ // Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate
+ // to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem.
+ #define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f // (mm)
+
+ // Radius which is unreachable by the tool.
+ // Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis.
+ #define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f // (mm)
+
+ #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics.
+//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM
+
+// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire
+// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics).
+//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section endstops
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+ // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+ // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX
+ //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Endstop "Hit" State
+ * Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
+ */
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves.
+//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°)
+ * Override with M92 (when enabled below)
+ * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 101 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
+
+/**
+ * Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
+ */
+#define EDITABLE_STEPS_PER_UNIT
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 180, 180, 5, 25 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
+
+//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
+#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
+ #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } //ORIGINAL: #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 50, 1000 } //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
+
+//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
+#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
+ #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ * M204 P Acceleration
+ * M204 R Retract Acceleration
+ * M204 T Travel Acceleration
+ * M204 I Angular Acceleration
+ * M204 J Angular Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z ... and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z ... acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+#if ENABLED(AXIS4_ROTATES)
+ #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only printing moves
+ #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only travel (non printing) moves
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#define CLASSIC_JERK //ORIGINAL: //#define CLASSIC_JERK
+#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
+ #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+ #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+ #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 //ORIGINAL: #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
+ #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
+ //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
+ //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
+ //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3
+ //#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3
+ //#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3
+ //#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3
+
+ //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
+
+ //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
+ #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
+ #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation Factor
+ *
+ * See:
+ * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
+#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
+ #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+ #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
+ // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
+ * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
+ * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
+ */
+// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
+#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to
+ * the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD.
+ *
+ * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ * - For simple switches...
+ * - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND.
+ * - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V.
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
+ * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0
+#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR
+ //#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+ //#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45 // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy
+ //#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW // Stow the probe between points
+ //#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+#define BLTOUCH //ORIGINAL: //#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * MagLev V4 probe by MDD
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet.
+ */
+//#define MAGLEV4
+#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4)
+ //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output
+ #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ * and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+ #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
+ //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+ //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Bed Distance Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm.
+ * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor
+ * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C.
+ */
+//#define BD_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(BD_SENSOR)
+ //#define BD_SENSOR_PROBE_NO_STOP // Probe bed without stopping at each probe point
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * BIQU MicroProbe
+ *
+ * A lightweight, solenoid-driven probe.
+ * For information about this sensor https://github.com/bigtreetech/MicroProbe
+ *
+ * Also requires: PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
+ */
+//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V1 // Triggers HIGH
+//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V2 // Triggers LOW
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+ #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
+ #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Magnetically Mounted Probe
+ * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc.
+ */
+//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE)
+ #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed
+ #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed
+
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe
+ #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
+#endif
+
+// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://docs.duet3d.com/en/Duet3D_hardware/Accessories/Smart_Effector
+// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity.
+//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
+#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
+ #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+ * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
+ * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
+ * Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
+ */
+//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
+
+/**
+ * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Autolevel_probe
+ * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
+#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
+ // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
+ // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 }
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
+
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 }
+ #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
+
+#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z }
+ *
+ * X and Y offset
+ * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of
+ * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes.
+ *
+ * Z offset
+ * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime.
+ * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset.
+ * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using
+ * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
+ * to avoid collisions during probing.
+ *
+ * Tune and Adjust
+ * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc.
+ * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (Configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset.
+ *
+ * Assuming the typical work area orientation:
+ * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset
+ * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset
+ * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset
+ * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset
+ *
+ * Some examples:
+ * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1"
+ * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2"
+ * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3"
+ * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4"
+ *
+ * +-- BACK ---+
+ * | [+] |
+ * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+)
+ * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+)
+ * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle
+ * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-)
+ * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-)
+ * | [-] |
+ * O-- FRONT --+
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -12, 0 } //ORIGINAL: #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
+
+// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
+#define PROBING_TOOL 0
+#ifdef PROBING_TOOL
+ //#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE // Suppress motion on probe tool-change
+#endif
+
+// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
+// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
+#define PROBING_MARGIN 40 //ORIGINAL: #define PROBING_MARGIN 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (60*60) //ORIGINAL: #define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60)
+
+// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60)
+
+// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Probe Activation Switch
+ * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical
+ * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH
+#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
+ #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active
+ //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe.
+ * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out
+ * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_TARE
+#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE)
+ #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin
+ #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before
+ #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare
+ //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin
+ #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
+ //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Probe Enable / Disable
+ * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
+#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE)
+ //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
+#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // (mm) Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // (mm) Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 provide ranges for adjusting the X, Y, and Z probe offsets
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMIN -50 // (mm)
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX 50 // (mm)
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50 // (mm)
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX 50 // (mm)
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm)
+//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+ //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+ //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+ //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders)
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing
+//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING
+#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING)
+ #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
+ #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50
+#endif
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0
+//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0
+//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0
+//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0
+//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0
+//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0
+
+// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+//#define DISABLE_X
+//#define DISABLE_Y
+//#define DISABLE_Z
+//#define DISABLE_I
+//#define DISABLE_J
+//#define DISABLE_K
+//#define DISABLE_U
+//#define DISABLE_V
+//#define DISABLE_W
+
+// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+//#define DISABLE_E // Disable the extruder when not stepping
+#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section motion
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR true //ORIGINAL: #define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_U_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_V_DIR false
+//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
+
+/**
+ * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
+ * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed.
+ * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle.
+ */
+//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
+
+//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+ // You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
+
+//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
+//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)
+
+//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define U_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define V_HOME_DIR -1
+//#define W_HOME_DIR -1
+
+/**
+ * Safety Stops
+ * If an axis has endstops on both ends the one specified above is used for
+ * homing, while the other can be used for things like SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT.
+ */
+//#define X_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define Y_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define Z_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define I_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define J_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define K_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define U_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define V_SAFETY_STOP
+//#define W_SAFETY_STOP
+
+// @section geometry
+
+// The size of the printable area
+#define X_BED_SIZE 300 //ORIGINAL: #define X_BED_SIZE 200
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 //ORIGINAL: #define Y_BED_SIZE 200
+
+// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -24 //ORIGINAL: #define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS -4 //ORIGINAL: #define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0 //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE //ORIGINAL: #define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE //ORIGINAL: #define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 320 //ORIGINAL: #define Z_MAX_POS 200
+//#define I_MIN_POS 0
+//#define I_MAX_POS 50
+//#define J_MIN_POS 0
+//#define J_MAX_POS 50
+//#define K_MIN_POS 0
+//#define K_MAX_POS 50
+//#define U_MIN_POS 0
+//#define U_MAX_POS 50
+//#define V_MIN_POS 0
+//#define V_MAX_POS 50
+//#define W_MIN_POS 0
+//#define W_MAX_POS 50
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
+ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
+ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running.
+ * Marlin knows a print job is running when:
+ * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24.
+ * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75.
+ * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ */
+#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR //ORIGINAL: //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+ #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
+ #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+
+ #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present.
+ #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+ //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder.
+ // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs.
+
+ // Override individually if the runout sensors vary
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN
+
+ // Commands to execute on filament runout.
+ // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c")
+ // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply.
+ #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+ // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+ // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+ // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+ //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+ #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+ // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+ // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+ // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+ //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+
+ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR)
+ //#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION
+ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION)
+ #define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each.
+ //#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN -1
+
+ // Override individually if the motion sensors vary
+ //#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW
+ //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP
+ //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ * Probe several points in a grid.
+ * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ * Probe several points in a grid.
+ * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ * Probe a grid manually
+ * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR //ORIGINAL: //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
+ * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
+ * leveling immediately after G28.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Auto-leveling needs preheating
+ */
+//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING
+#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING)
+ #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
+ #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of flash!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY)
+ // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment
+ #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+ /**
+ * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+ * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+ * The height can be set with M420 Z
+ */
+ #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+ #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
+ #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Add Z offset (M424 Z) that applies to all moves at the planner level.
+ * This Z offset will be automatically set to the middle value with G29.
+ */
+ //#define GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET
+
+ /**
+ * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+ * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+ * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+ */
+ #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+ #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+ /**
+ * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+ */
+ //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+ #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+ #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+ #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
+ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
+ #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
+ #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
+ #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
+ #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+ // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+ // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+ //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+ #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+ // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+ // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+ #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID //ORIGINAL: //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+ //
+ // Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+ // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+ //
+ //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+ #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+ // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+ #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+ //===========================================================================
+ //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+ //===========================================================================
+
+ //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+ #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+ //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
+
+ //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference
+ //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point)
+
+ #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+ #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+ //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+ // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+ //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh
+
+ /**
+ * Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle.
+ */
+ //#define AVOID_OBSTACLES
+ #if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES)
+ #define CLIP_W 23 // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
+ #define CLIP_H 14 // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
+
+ // Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 }
+ #define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
+ #define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
+ #define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
+ #define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
+
+ // The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is
+ // only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself.
+ #define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1)
+ #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+ //===========================================================================
+ //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+ //===========================================================================
+
+ #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X //ORIGINAL: #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+ //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+ #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+ #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+ //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between tramming points
+ //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
+ //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
+ #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify
+ //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Corner Leveling Order
+ *
+ * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge.
+ *
+ * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front
+ * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF}
+ * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB
+ * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 |
+ * | | | | | | | <3>|
+ * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 |
+ * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF
+ */
+ #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB }
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0
+
+/**
+ * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+ *
+ * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing.
+ * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
+ * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
+ */
+#define Z_SAFE_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // (mm) Y point for Z homing
+ //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) }
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ * Y Z Z
+ * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
+ * | / / | / / | / /
+ * | / / | / / | / /
+ * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
+ * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
+ * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+ // Input all length measurements here:
+ #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+ #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+ #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+ // Or, set the XY skew factor directly:
+ //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+ //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+ #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+ #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+ #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+ #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+ #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+ #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+
+ // Or, set the Z skew factors directly:
+ //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+ //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+ #endif
+
+ // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+ //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section eeprom
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
+// #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash. //ORIGINAL: #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
+#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+ #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+ #define EEPROM_INIT_NOW //ORIGINAL: //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
+#endif
+
+// @section host
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+// @section units
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//
+// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
+//
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG+" //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 //ORIGINAL: #define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+ // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+ #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+ #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X
+ #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance
+ #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+ #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ * P Pattern
+ * S Strokes / Repetitions
+ * T Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ * between the start / end points.
+ *
+ * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ * --
+ * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
+ * | | / \ / \ / \ |
+ * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
+ * | | / \ / \ / \ |
+ * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
+ * -- +--------------------------------+
+ * |________|_________|_________|
+ * T1 T2 T3
+ *
+ * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern
+
+ // Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above.
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0
+
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 // Default number of pattern repetitions
+
+ #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG)
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 // Default number of triangles
+ #endif
+
+ // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
+ // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
+
+ #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE)
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // (mm) Circular pattern radius
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 // Circular pattern circle number of segments
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle
+ #endif
+
+ // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+
+ // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
+ //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
+
+ // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis
+ //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y
+
+ // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning
+ #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170
+ //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe
+
+ // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments.
+ //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section host
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191.
+ * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is
+ * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
+ *
+ * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
+ * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
+ * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
+ * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2.
+ * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP.
+ * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ * M75 - Start the print job timer
+ * M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ * M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+// @section stats
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ * - Total print jobs
+ * - Total successful print jobs
+ * - Total failed print jobs
+ * - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+ #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
+#endif
+
+// @section security
+
+/**
+ * Password
+ *
+ * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested:
+ *
+ * - When the printer boots up
+ * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu
+ * - When SD printing is completed or aborted
+ *
+ * The following G-codes can be used:
+ *
+ * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511.
+ * M511 - Unlock Printer.
+ * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password.
+ *
+ * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash
+ * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally)
+ * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled.
+ */
+//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE)
+ #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended
+ #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
+ #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
+ #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S.
+ //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
+ //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
+ //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
+ //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section interface
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
+ * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ * - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
+ * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT //ORIGINAL: //#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 //ORIGINAL: //#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 //ORIGINAL: //#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
+//
+// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
+// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Encoder EMI Noise Filter
+//
+// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER)
+ #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10
+#endif
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+// M300 S P
+//
+#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 //ORIGINAL: //#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 //ORIGINAL: //#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//
+// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution.
+// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry.
+//
+//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4
+
+//
+// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms).
+// Silence in-between tones.
+//
+//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 }
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section lcd
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display
+//
+// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and
+// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library.
+//
+//#define YHCB2004
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// https://web.archive.org/web/20200719145306/http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+ // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+ // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
+ // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require LiquidCrystal_I2C library:
+// https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/New-LiquidCrystal
+// https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki/schematics#user-content-ShiftRegister_connection
+// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//
+// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI
+// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface.
+// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter
+//
+//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI
+//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
+//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs.
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller
+//
+//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// https://www.panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG
+//
+//#define WYH_L12864
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// https://web.archive.org/web/20180605050442/http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3
+
+//
+// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout.
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html
+//
+//#define MKS_LCD12864A
+//#define MKS_LCD12864B
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
+
+//
+// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 / V2.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
+// https://github.com/bigtreetech/MINI-12864
+//
+//#define BTT_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// BEEZ MINI 12864 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
+//
+//#define BEEZ_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10 / CR-7 / Ender-3
+// https://marlinfw.org/docs/hardware/controllers.html#cr10_stockdisplay
+//
+// Connect to EXP1 on RAMPS and compatible boards.
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on Anet A6
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// GUCOCO CTC 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on GUCOCO CTC A10S
+//
+//#define CTC_A10S_A13
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// eMotion Tech LCD with SD
+// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1
+//
+//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+ #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+ //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller
+//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
+
+//
+// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
+//
+//#define OVERLORD_OLED
+
+//
+// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB
+// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html
+//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller
+
+//
+// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
+//
+//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+/**
+ * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
+ *
+ * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET)
+ * - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
+ *
+ * FYSETC (Supplier default)
+ * - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0
+ * - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card.
+ * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
+ *
+ * HIPRECY (Supplier default)
+ * - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ *
+ * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default)
+ * - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html
+ *
+ * RELOADED (T5UID1)
+ * - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ *
+ * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1)
+ * - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ *
+ * E3S1PRO (T5L)
+ * - Download https://github.com/CrealityOfficial/Ender-3S1/archive/3S1_Plus_Screen.zip
+ * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
+ *
+ * CREALITY_TOUCH
+ * - CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch.
+ *
+ * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin:
+ * - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb.
+ * - Download files as specified for your type of display.
+ * - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display.
+ * - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete.
+ *
+ * :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY', 'E3S1PRO', 'CREALITY_TOUCH' ]
+ */
+//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN
+#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS)
+ #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI
+#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY)
+ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90 // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays
+ //#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500 // (ms)
+#endif
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
+// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
+//
+//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron
+//
+//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega
+//
+//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA
+#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA)
+ //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility
+#endif
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper
+//
+//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER
+
+//
+// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028
+//
+//#define NEXTION_TFT
+
+//
+// PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D
+// http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php
+//
+//#define PANELDUE
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+ //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options
+ * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options.
+ */
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
+// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35
+//
+//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
+
+//
+// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24
+
+//
+// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28
+
+//
+// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
+
+//
+// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
+
+//
+// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
+// Usually paired with MKS Robin
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy
+//
+//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic
+//
+//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35
+
+//
+// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise
+//
+//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28
+
+//
+// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4
+//
+//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5
+//
+//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35
+
+//
+// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU BX
+// https://github.com/bigtreetech/BIQU-BX/tree/master/Hardware
+//
+//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70
+
+//
+// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series
+// https://github.com/bigtreetech/TFT35-SPI/tree/master/v1
+//
+//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0
+
+//
+// Generic TFT with detailed options
+//
+//#define TFT_GENERIC
+#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC)
+ // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ]
+ #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
+
+ // Interface. Enable one of the following options:
+ //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
+ //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
+
+ // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
+ //#define TFT_RES_320x240
+ //#define TFT_RES_480x272
+ //#define TFT_RES_480x320
+ //#define TFT_RES_1024x600
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options:
+ *
+ * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled
+ * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities
+ * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL
+ *
+ * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the
+ * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
+ */
+//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
+//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
+//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
+
+#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
+ /**
+ * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
+ *
+ * NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
+ * UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
+ * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
+ */
+ #define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
+
+ /**
+ * TFT Theme for Color_UI. Choose one of the following or add a new one to 'Marlin/src/lcd/tft/themes' directory
+ *
+ * BLUE_MARLIN - Default theme with 'midnight blue' background
+ * BLACK_MARLIN - Theme with 'black' background
+ * ANET_BLACK - Theme used for Anet ET4/5
+ */
+ #define TFT_THEME BLACK_MARLIN
+
+ //#define TFT_SHARED_IO // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer.
+
+ #define COMPACT_MARLIN_BOOT_LOGO // Use compressed data to save Flash space
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI)
+ //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values:
+ *
+ * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y,
+ * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y,
+ * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y,
+ * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION
+ */
+//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================ Other Controllers ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
+//
+// //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI //ORIGINAL: //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI
+//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC
+#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI //ORIGINAL: //#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers
+//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation)
+//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation)
+
+//
+// Touch Screen Settings
+//
+//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
+ #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
+ #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
+
+ //#define DISABLE_ENCODER // Disable the click encoder, if any
+
+ #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
+
+ //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
+ //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
+ //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
+ //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
+ //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
+
+ #if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+ #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM
+ #endif
+
+ #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
+ //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
+
+//
+// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED
+//
+//#define EASYTHREED_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section fans
+
+// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans.
+// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8]
+//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+#define FAN_SOFT_PWM //ORIGINAL: //#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// @section lights
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * === CAUTION ===
+ * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *
+ * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs
+ * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ *
+ * Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant)
+ * Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise.
+ */
+
+// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options:
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+ //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+ //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+ //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+ //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632)
+ //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors
+ #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST)
+ #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+ #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc.
+ // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
+ //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
+ //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
+ #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.)
+ #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+ #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+ // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ...
+ //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE
+ #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE)
+ #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip
+ #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
+ #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
+ #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default.
+ #else
+ //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel
+ #endif
+
+ // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR { 25, 25, 25, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+ //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ * - Change to green once print has finished
+ * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+ #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+// @section servos
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Set to 0 to turn off servo support.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands
+
+// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
+
+// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use
+//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE
diff --git a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration_adv.h b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..931a6ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4574 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * Configuration Export
+ *
+ * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
+ * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
+ *
+ * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
+ *
+ * 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
+ * This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
+ * 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
+ * 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
+ * 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
+ */
+//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section temperature
+
+/**
+ * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in
+ * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
+ * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This
+ * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
+ * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
+ * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
+ * stream of errors from the sensor.
+ *
+ * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
+ */
+#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
+ #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+ #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+ #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
+ #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
+ #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
+ #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
+ #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
+ #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
+ #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value
+ #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
+ */
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
+//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
+//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
+//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2
+
+//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
+//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.
+
+//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
+//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
+//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).
+
+//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
+//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f
+//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f
+
+/**
+ * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+ * https://www.en3dstudios.com/product/bq-hephestos-2-heated-bed-kit/
+ */
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+ #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+//
+// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
+//
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+ #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
+ #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+ #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Heated Chamber options
+//
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
+ #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
+ #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+ #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+ //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
+ //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+ //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
+
+ //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber
+ #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
+ //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
+ #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
+ #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
+ #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target
+ #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
+ #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
+ #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
+ #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo
+ #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
+ #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3
+ #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
+ #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Laser Cooler options
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
+ #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
+ #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C)
+ #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C)
+ #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+ #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
+ #define COOLER_INVERTING false
+ #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
+ #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
+ #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
+ #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
+ #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
+ #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Motherboard Sensor options
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
+ #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
+ #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C)
+ //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin override.
+#endif
+
+//
+// SoC Sensor options
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below.
+ #define SOC_MAXTEMP 85 // (°C)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C)
+
+ //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
+ #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
+ //#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Report fan slowing activity to the console
+ #if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP)
+ //#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+ * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+ * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+ * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+ * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+ * test.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+ * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+ * below 2.
+ */
+ #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
+ #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
+
+ /**
+ * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+ */
+ #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
+ #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
+
+ /**
+ * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+ */
+ #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
+ #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // (seconds)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C)
+
+ /**
+ * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
+ */
+ #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
+ #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // (°C)
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
+ /**
+ * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
+ * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
+ *
+ * This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
+ * a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
+ *
+ * This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
+ * or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered!
+ * This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software.
+ *
+ * By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which
+ * at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored
+ * heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a
+ * thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted.
+ *
+ * A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing
+ * the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating
+ * shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two.
+ *
+ * Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the
+ * heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real
+ * thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps.
+ */
+ //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR
+ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR)
+ // Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above.
+ // Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others.
+ //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30 // (s) Override all watch periods
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+ // Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+ // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+ //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+ #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+ #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
+ #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
+ * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
+ * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
+ * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
+ *
+ * Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%)
+ * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
+ * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
+ * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
+ * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
+ *
+ * Fan-speed dependent compensation
+ * --------------------------------
+ * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
+ * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
+ * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
+ * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
+ * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
+ * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
+ * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
+ * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
+ * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
+ */
+ //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
+ #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
+ //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
+ #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
+ // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
+ // Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
+ // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
+
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
+
+ #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
+
+ #else
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power-loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
+ #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
+ #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature Mode
+ *
+ * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
+ *
+ * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
+ * behavior using an additional kC value.)
+ *
+ * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
+ *
+ * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B.
+ * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+ #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)
+ #define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210
+ #define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250
+ #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f
+ // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
+ //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
+ #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
+ #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
+ #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
+ #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+/**
+ * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+ * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+ * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+ * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+ * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+ */
+//#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 0
+//#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder runout prevention.
+ * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+ * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+ */
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min)
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Hotend Idle Timeout
+ * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
+ */
+//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
+#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
+ #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
+ #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
+ #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
+ #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
+
+// @section fans
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
+ * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
+
+ // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature
+
+ // Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature
+
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
+ #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
+ #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Fan Kickstart
+ * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
+ * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
+ * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
+ */
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255
+
+// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
+//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 //ORIGINAL: //#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * Fan Fast PWM
+ *
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
+ * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
+ * Set this to your desired frequency.
+ * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
+ * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
+ * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
+ * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below
+ //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+ #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
+ #ifdef __AVR__
+ #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
+ #else
+ #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0
+ */
+//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1 // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0
+#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN
+ //#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1 // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
+#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
+ *
+ * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
+ * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
+ */
+//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
+//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
+//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
+//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * @section caselight
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
+ #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+ #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
+ #endif
+ #if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
+ #endif
+ #if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section endstops
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+ //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
+ //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// @section idex
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
+ *
+ * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+ #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
+ #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
+ #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
+ #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
+ #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+ // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
+ // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
+ // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+ // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S.
+ #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+ // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+ #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+ // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
+ //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"
+#endif
+
+// @section multi stepper
+
+/**
+ * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
+ *
+ * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
+ * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
+ * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X Y Z' and stored to EEPROM.
+ *
+ * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
+ *
+ * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
+ *
+ * - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
+ * Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
+ * Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
+ * Also set with 'M666 X' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
+ *
+ * - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment.
+ */
+#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+ //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
+ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
+ #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
+ #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER
+ //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
+ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
+ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
+ #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Multi-Z steppers
+//
+#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
+ //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
+
+ //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
+ #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
+ #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
+ #endif
+ #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
+ //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
+ #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
+ #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
+ //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
+ #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
+ //#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
+ #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
+//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+ //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+/**
+ * Homing Procedure
+ * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
+ * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
+ */
+
+//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
+
+#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
+//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
+
+#define QUICK_HOME //ORIGINAL: //#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
+//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
+
+// @section bltouch
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+ /**
+ * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+ * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+ * advanced commands.
+ *
+ * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
+ * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+ *
+ * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+ * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+ * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+ *
+ * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+ */
+
+ // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+ // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+ //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+ /**
+ * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+ */
+
+ // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+ // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+ //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+ /**
+ * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+ * Summary:
+ * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+ * - High-Speed mode
+ * - Disable LCD voltage options
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+ * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+ * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+ * On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
+ * differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
+ * Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+ */
+ //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+ // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+ //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+ /**
+ * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+ * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+ * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+ * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+ */
+ //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+ /**
+ * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.
+ * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+ * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
+ * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
+ *
+ * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
+ */
+ //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true
+
+ #ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+ // The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers.
+ // This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent
+ // it from snagging on the bed clips.
+ #define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE 7 // Extra Z Clearance
+ #endif
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+// @section calibration
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+ /**
+ * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
+ * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
+ * If not defined, probe limits will be used.
+ * Override with 'M422 S X Y'.
+ */
+ //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
+
+ /**
+ * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
+ * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y'
+ *
+ * 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
+ * | | 2 |
+ * | 1 2 | |
+ * | | 1 |
+ *
+ * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
+ * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
+ * | | 3 | | 3 |
+ * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
+ *
+ * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
+ * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
+ * | | | | |
+ * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
+ */
+ #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
+ //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
+ * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
+ *
+ * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
+ * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
+ * driver order.
+ */
+ //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
+
+ #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
+ // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
+ // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
+ #endif
+
+ // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+ #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
+ #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
+ // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
+ // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
+ #define HOME_AFTER_G34
+#endif
+
+//
+// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
+//
+//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
+#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
+
+ // Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
+ #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
+
+ // Define position names for probe points.
+ #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
+ #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"
+ #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"
+ #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
+
+ #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+ //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
+
+ //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
+
+ //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
+
+ /**
+ * Screw thread:
+ * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
+ * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
+ * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
+ */
+ #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30
+
+#endif
+
+// @section motion control
+
+/**
+ * Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ * Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493.
+ */
+//#define FT_MOTION
+#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION)
+ #define FTM_DEFAULT_MODE ftMotionMode_DISABLED // Default mode of fixed time control. (Enums in ft_types.h)
+ #define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (Enums in ft_types.h)
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_X_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_Y_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
+ #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA false // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false)
+ #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K 0.0f // Default linear advance gain
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for X axis
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for Y axis
+
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_X 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for X axis
+ #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_Y 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for Y axis
+
+ //#define FT_MOTION_MENU // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters
+
+ /**
+ * Advanced configuration
+ */
+ #define FTM_UNIFIED_BWS // DON'T DISABLE unless you use Ulendo FBS (not implemented)
+ #if ENABLED(FTM_UNIFIED_BWS)
+ #define FTM_BW_SIZE 100 // Unified Window and Batch size with a ratio of 2
+ #else
+ #define FTM_WINDOW_SIZE 200 // Custom Window size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
+ #define FTM_BATCH_SIZE 100 // Custom Batch size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
+ #endif
+
+ #define FTM_FS 1000 // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_TS)
+ #define FTM_TS 0.001f // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_FS)
+
+ // These values may be configured to adjust the duration of loop().
+ #define FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP 60 // Number of stepper commands to generate each loop()
+ #define FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP 100 // Number of trajectory points to generate each loop()
+
+ #if DISABLED(COREXY)
+ #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 20000 // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update
+
+ // Use this to adjust the time required to consume the command buffer.
+ // Try increasing this value if stepper motion is choppy.
+ #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 3000 // Size of the stepper command buffers
+ // (FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP * FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP) is a good start
+ // If you run out of memory, fall back to 3000 and increase progressively
+ #else
+ // CoreXY motion needs a larger buffer size. These values are based on our testing.
+ #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 30000
+ #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 6000
+ #endif
+
+ #define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS) // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time
+ #define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2) // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm
+ #define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps
+
+ #define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ 10 // Minimum shaping frequency
+ #define FTM_RATIO (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) // Factor for use in FTM_ZMAX. DON'T CHANGE.
+ #define FTM_ZMAX (FTM_RATIO * 2) // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!)
+ // Calculate as:
+ // ZV : FTM_RATIO / 2
+ // ZVD, MZV : FTM_RATIO
+ // 2HEI : FTM_RATIO * 3 / 2
+ // 3HEI : FTM_RATIO * 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
+ *
+ * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
+ * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
+ * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
+ * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
+ * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
+ * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
+ * effectiveness during high speed movements.
+ *
+ * Tune with M593 D F:
+ *
+ * D Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
+ * F Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
+ * T[map] Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet)
+ * X<1> Set the given parameters only for the X axis.
+ * Y<1> Set the given parameters only for the Y axis.
+ */
+//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
+//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
+#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
+ #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
+ #define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
+ #define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15f // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
+ #endif
+ #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
+ #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
+ #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15f // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
+ #endif
+ //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20 // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
+ //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
+ //#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
+#endif
+
+// @section motion
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step.
+#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH
+#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH
+
+/**
+ * Idle Stepper Shutdown
+ * Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
+ * The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 120
+#define DISABLE_IDLE_X
+#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y
+#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V
+//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W
+#define DISABLE_IDLE_E // Shut down all idle extruders
+
+// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.
+#if HAS_ROTATIONAL_AXES
+ #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 P.
+ #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum travel feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 Q.
+#endif
+
+// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.
+
+// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
+// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
+#define SLOWDOWN
+#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
+ #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * XY Frequency limit
+ * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
+ * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
+ * Use M201 F G to change limits at runtime.
+ */
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F.
+#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
+ #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (%) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+ // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+ // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+ #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis
+ #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+ // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
+ //#define CORE_BACKLASH
+
+ // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+ // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+ //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+ // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+ //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+ #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+ // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+ #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+ #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+ // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+ // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+ // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+ //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
+ //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"
+
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
+
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min
+
+ // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+ #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
+ #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
+
+ // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes flash).
+ //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+ // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+ #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
+ #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
+
+ // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+ // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX
+
+ // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+ // probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+ // Define the pin to read during calibration
+ #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+ //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
+ #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
+ //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+ #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates.
+ * This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support.
+ */
+#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT 16 //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128]
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING //ORIGINAL: //#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ * @section stepper motor current
+ *
+ * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ * The power on motor currents are set by:
+ * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ * known compatible chips: A4982
+ * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ * known compatible chips: AD5206
+ * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ * known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ * M907 - applies to all.
+ * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+/**
+ * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+ */
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
+#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
+ #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
+
+ // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+ // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+ #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+ //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
+
+ /**
+ * Common slave addresses:
+ *
+ * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
+ * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
+ * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
+ * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
+ * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
+ * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
+ */
+ //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+ //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
+ #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+ #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
+ #if IS_ULTIPANEL
+ #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+ #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+ //#define ULTIPANEL_FLOWPERCENT // Encoder sets the flow percentage on the Status Screen
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+ #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+ #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+ #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
+ #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
+ #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD //ORIGINAL: //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
+ #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
+ /**
+ * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
+ * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
+ * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
+ */
+ //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
+
+ // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
+ //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
+
+ #if HAS_BED_PROBE
+ // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
+ //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
+ #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
+ /**
+ * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
+ * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
+ * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
+ */
+ #define XATC_START_Z 0.0
+ #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard
+ #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe
+ #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points
+ #endif
+
+ // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
+ #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
+ #endif
+
+ // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+ //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+ #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
+ //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * MarlinUI "Move Axis" menu distances. Comma-separated list.
+ * Values are displayed as-defined, so always use plain numbers here.
+ * Axis moves <= 1/2 the axis length and Extruder moves <= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH
+ * will be shown in the move submenus.
+ */
+
+ #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
+ //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
+ //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
+
+ // Manual move distances for INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+ #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
+ //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
+ //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 5.000, 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
+
+ // Manual move distances for rotational axes
+ #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°)
+
+ // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
+ //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
+
+ // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
+ //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM
+
+ // Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing
+ //#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST
+
+#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
+
+#if HAS_DISPLAY
+ /**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+ #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
+ #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
+ #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
+ #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
+ #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
+ #endif
+ #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
+ //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.
+ #endif
+ #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
+ //#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
+ //#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+ #endif
+
+ //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
+ #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
+
+ #if HAS_WIRED_LCD
+ //#define DOUBLE_LCD_FRAMERATE // Not recommended for slow boards.
+ #endif
+
+ // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+ //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms)
+
+ // Scroll a longer status message into view
+ //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+ // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
+ //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)
+
+ // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+ //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+ // Show the E position (filament used) during printing
+ //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
+
+ // Display a negative temperature instead of "err"
+ //#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO
+
+ /**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+ //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+ #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+ #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+ //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
+ #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
+ //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+ #endif
+ #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
+ #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
+ #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
+ #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
+ #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
+ #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
+ //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+#endif // HAS_DISPLAY
+
+#if HAS_FEEDRATE_EDIT
+ #define SPEED_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range minimum
+ #define SPEED_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range maximum
+#endif
+#if HAS_FLOW_EDIT
+ #define FLOW_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Flow percentage edit range minimum
+ #define FLOW_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Flow percentage edit range maximum
+#endif
+
+// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
+//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
+ #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done
+ #define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time
+ //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
+ //#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host
+ #if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA)
+ #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
+#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
+ #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
+ #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
+ #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME //ORIGINAL: //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')
+ #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
+ #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
+ #endif
+ //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this
+
+ #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
+ //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+ #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+ #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+ #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+ #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+ //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+ //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_MEDIA
+ /**
+ * SD Card SPI Speed
+ * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ *
+ * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+ * otherwise full speed will be applied.
+ *
+ * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
+ */
+ //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+
+ // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
+ // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
+ //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
+
+ //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
+ //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)
+
+ //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping
+
+ #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
+
+ #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+ #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
+
+ // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+ // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+ #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+ #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+ //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
+ //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+ //#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media
+ //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted
+
+ //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu
+
+ #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY\nG0 F150 Y300" //ORIGINAL: #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+ #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
+ #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+ *
+ * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+ * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+ * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+ * point in the file.
+ */
+ #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY //ORIGINAL: //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+ #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
+ //#define PLR_BED_THRESHOLD BED_MAXTEMP // (°C) Skip user confirmation at or above this bed temperature (0 to disable)
+
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power-loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module, or comment to use board default.
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power-loss
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
+
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power-loss with UPS)
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+
+ // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+ // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+ #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+
+ //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power-loss
+ #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY)
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail
+ #endif
+
+ // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
+ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
+ //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+ *
+ * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+ * by name for easier navigation.
+ *
+ * By default...
+ *
+ * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+ * - Folders are sorted to the top.
+ * - The sort key is statically allocated.
+ * - No added G-code (M34) support.
+ * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+ *
+ * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+ * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+ * limit is exceeded.
+ *
+ * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+ * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+ * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+ * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+ */
+ #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA //ORIGINAL: //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+ // SD Card Sorting options
+ #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+ #define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
+ #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+ #define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
+ #define SDSORT_GCODE false //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
+ #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+ #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+ #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+ #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM true //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+ #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 //ORIGINAL: #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+ // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+ #endif
+
+ // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
+ // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
+ //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
+
+ //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 ' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
+ //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
+ //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
+
+ #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES //ORIGINAL: //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+
+ //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+
+ /**
+ * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+ * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
+ * Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
+ */
+ //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+ #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
+ //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+ #endif
+
+ //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
+
+ //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S'
+
+ /**
+ * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+ * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+ * to Marlin as an SD card.
+ *
+ * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+ * the following pin mapping:
+ *
+ * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+ * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
+ * SS --> SDSS
+ *
+ * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
+ */
+ //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+ #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+ /**
+ * USB Host Shield Library
+ *
+ * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
+ * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
+ *
+ * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
+ * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
+ * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
+ */
+ //#define USE_UHS2_USB
+ //#define USE_UHS3_USB
+
+ #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform
+
+ /**
+ * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
+ */
+ //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST
+
+ #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
+ #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
+ #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+ * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+ *
+ * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+ *
+ * Tested with this bootloader:
+ * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+ */
+ //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+ #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
+ * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
+ * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
+ * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
+ */
+ //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING
+
+ // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+ //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+ #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
+ // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+ //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+ *
+ * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+ * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
+ * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+ *
+ * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+ */
+ //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+
+ // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
+ //#define NO_SD_DETECT
+
+ /**
+ * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
+ * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
+ */
+ //#define MULTI_VOLUME
+ #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
+ #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
+ #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
+ #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
+ #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
+ #endif
+
+#endif // HAS_MEDIA
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE //ORIGINAL: //#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * By default the framework is responsible for the shared media I/O.
+ * Enable this if you need Marlin to take care of the shared media I/O.
+ * Useful if shared media isn't working properly on some boards.
+ */
+#if HAS_MEDIA && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE)
+ //#define DISKIO_HOST_DRIVE
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
+ // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
+ //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
+ #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+ // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
+ // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+ //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+ // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
+ // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+ //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+ /**
+ * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+ * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+ * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+ *
+ * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+ * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+ * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+ *
+ * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+ * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+ */
+ #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
+ // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+ // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+ //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+ //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+ #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+ #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Status (Info) Screen customization
+ * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+ * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+ */
+ //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+ //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+ #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
+ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+ #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+ #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+ //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
+ //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
+ //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+
+ // Only one STATUS_HEAT_* option can be enabled
+ //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
+ //#define STATUS_HEAT_POWER // Show heater output power as a vertical bar
+
+ // Frivolous Game Options
+ //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+ //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+ //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+ //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
+
+#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
+
+#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
+ #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+ //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+#endif
+
+//
+// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
+//
+#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
+ #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200
+
+ #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
+ #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
+ //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
+
+ #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
+
+ #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY)
+ #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
+ #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
+
+ #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS)
+ //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
+ #else
+ #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
+ #endif
+
+ #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
+ #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
+ #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
+ #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
+ #endif
+
+ #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
+ #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
+ #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
+ #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
+ #endif
+
+ #elif DGUS_UI_IS(E3S1PRO)
+ /**
+ * The stock Ender-3 S1 Pro/Plus display firmware has rather poor SD file handling.
+ *
+ * The autoscroll is mainly useful for status messages, filenames, and the "About" page.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The Advanced SD Card option is affected by the stock touchscreen firmware, so
+ * pages 5 and up will display "4/4". This may get fixed in a screen firmware update.
+ */
+ #define DGUS_SOFTWARE_AUTOSCROLL // Enable long text software auto-scroll
+ #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_START_CYCLES 1 // Refresh cycles without scrolling at the beginning of text strings
+ #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_END_CYCLES 1 // ... at the end of text strings
+
+ #define DGUS_ADVANCED_SDCARD // Allow more than 20 files and navigating directories
+ #define DGUS_USERCONFIRM // Reuse the SD Card page to show various messages
+ #endif
+#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
+//
+#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
+ // By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
+ // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
+ //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
+ //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW
+
+ // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
+ //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE
+
+ /**
+ * Display Folders
+ * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
+ * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
+ *
+ * NOTES:
+ * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
+ * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
+ * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
+ */
+ #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
+#endif
+
+//
+// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
+//
+#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER)
+ //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
+ //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
+ //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
+ //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
+ #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
+ //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
+//
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
+ // Display board used
+ //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
+ //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
+ //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
+ //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
+ //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI
+ //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
+ //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815
+ //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813
+
+ // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
+
+ // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
+ //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
+ //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
+ //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
+ //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
+ //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping
+
+ //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
+ #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
+ // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
+ #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
+ #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
+
+ // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+ //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
+ #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
+ #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
+ #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
+ #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
+ // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
+ // portrait and mirrored orientations.
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
+
+ // UTF8 processing and rendering.
+ // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
+ #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
+ // Western accents support. These accented characters use
+ // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
+ #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
+ #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
+ // Additional character groups. These characters require
+ // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
+ #endif
+
+ // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
+ #endif
+
+ // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
+ #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
+
+ // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
+ // (recommended for smaller displays)
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
+
+ // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
+
+ // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
+ //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
+#endif
+
+//
+// Classic UI Options
+//
+#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
+ //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
+ //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
+ //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
+ //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
+ //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
+ //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Display Sleep
+ * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
+ */
+//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen
+
+/**
+ * LCD Backlight Timeout
+ * Requires a display with a controllable backlight
+ */
+//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight
+
+#if defined(DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS)
+ #define EDITABLE_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT // Edit sleep / backlight timeout with M255 S and a menu item
+#endif
+
+//
+// ADC Button Debounce
+//
+#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
+ #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
+#endif
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+ //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+ //#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
+ #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+ #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE //ORIGINAL: //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
+ //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+ //#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
+ //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
+ #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
+ #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
+
+ //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+ #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+ #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+ // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+ //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
+ #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+ #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+ //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+ //#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
+
+ #if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
+ #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+ //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+ #endif
+ //#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+ #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
+ #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
+ #else
+ #define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
+ #endif
+ //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
+ //#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
+ //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Nonlinear Extrusion Control
+ *
+ * Control extrusion rate based on instantaneous extruder velocity. Can be used to correct for
+ * underextrusion at high extruder speeds that are otherwise well-behaved (i.e., not skipping).
+ */
+//#define NONLINEAR_EXTRUSION
+
+// @section leveling
+
+/**
+ * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing.
+ * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed.
+ * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically.
+ */
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0
+//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS
+ //#define PROBE_PT_1 { 15, 180 } // (mm) { x, y }
+ //#define PROBE_PT_2 { 15, 20 }
+ //#define PROBE_PT_3 { 170, 20 }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Probing Margins
+ *
+ * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
+ * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
+ * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
+ * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
+ * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
+ *
+ * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
+ * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
+ * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
+ * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
+ *
+ * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
+ * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
+ * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
+ * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
+ */
+#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
+ //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
+ //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
+ //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
+ //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
+#endif
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+ // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+ //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+ //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+ //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+ //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+ //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+ #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+ #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+ /**
+ * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+ * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+ */
+ #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+ #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+ #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section probes
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Probe Compensation
+ *
+ * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature
+ * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend.
+ * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures.
+ * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.)
+ * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually.
+ * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html
+ */
+//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature
+//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature
+//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature
+
+#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND)
+ /**
+ * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest
+ * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the
+ * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START.
+ */
+ //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4
+
+ #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE)
+ // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START
+ // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples.
+ #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10
+ #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
+ #endif
+
+ #if ENABLED(PTC_BED)
+ // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
+ #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10
+ #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
+ #endif
+
+ #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND)
+ // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871.
+ #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C)
+ #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20
+ #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
+ #endif
+
+ // G76 options
+ #if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED)
+ // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
+ #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
+
+ // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
+ //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed
+ #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
+
+ // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during
+ // bed temperature calibration.
+ #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C)
+
+ // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
+ // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z).
+ #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 // (mm)
+ #endif
+#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
+//
+//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+ #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment
+ #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment
+ #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+ //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length
+ #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+ //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+ //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
+#endif
+
+// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
+
+#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
+ //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Direct Stepping
+ *
+ * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
+ * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
+ * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
+ * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
+ */
+//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+ //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+ #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// @section motion
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section gcode
+
+// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
+#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
+ #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
+#elif HAS_MEDIA
+ #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
+#else
+ #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+ // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+ // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+ //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_MEDIA
+ // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+ // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+ //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+ // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+ // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+ //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Monitor RX buffer usage
+// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
+// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
+// Not supported on all platforms.
+//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR
+
+/**
+ * Emergency Command Parser
+ *
+ * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
+ * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+ * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
+ * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
+ */
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
+ *
+ * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
+ * - Auto-report position during long moves.
+ * - Useful for CNC/LASER.
+ *
+ * Adds support for commands:
+ * S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
+ * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
+ * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
+ *
+ * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
+ * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
+ */
+//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
+ //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+ * Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+ * Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+ * This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+ */
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
+//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4
+
+/**
+ * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL so use with caution and test thoroughly.
+ * Enable this option to receive data on the serial ports via the onboard DMA
+ * controller for more stable and reliable high-speed serial communication.
+ * Only some STM32 MCUs are currently supported.
+ * Note: This has no effect on emulated USB serial ports.
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_DMA
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
+ * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
+ * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+// @section gcode
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+ #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
+ #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+ #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
+ #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
+ #endif
+ #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
+ #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
+ #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
+ #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
+ #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+ //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section tool change
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
+ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
+ //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
+ * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
+ */
+ //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
+ //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
+ //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!
+
+ /**
+ * Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0
+ * so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools.
+ */
+ //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X // Use X position relative to Tool 0
+ //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y // Use Y position relative to Tool 0
+ //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z // Use Z position relative to Tool 0
+
+ /**
+ * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
+ * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
+ */
+ //#define TOOL_SENSOR
+
+ /**
+ * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
+ * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
+ */
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+ // Load / Unload
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
+
+ // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.
+
+ // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
+
+ // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME
+
+ /**
+ * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
+ * [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]
+ * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
+ * [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]
+ * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
+ */
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
+
+ /**
+ * Tool Change Migration
+ * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
+ * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
+ * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
+ * Useful to:
+ * - Change filament color without interruption
+ * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
+ * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
+ */
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
+ // Override toolchange settings
+ // By default tool migration uses regular toolchange settings.
+ // With a prime tower, tool-change swapping/priming occur inside the bed.
+ // When migrating to a new unprimed tool you can set override values below.
+ //#define MIGRATION_ZRAISE 0 // (mm)
+
+ // Longer prime to clean out
+ //#define MIGRATION_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
+ //#define MIGRATION_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.
+
+ // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
+ //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
+ //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_TIME 0 // (seconds)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Position to park head during tool change.
+ * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+ */
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_DO_PARK // Force park (or no-park) on migration
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
+
+// @section advanced pause
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause for Filament Change
+ * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
+ * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ *
+ * Requirements:
+ * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
+ *
+ * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE //ORIGINAL: //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
+ // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+ // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+ // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+ // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+ // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+ // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+ // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+ // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+ // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+ // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+ // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
+
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+ //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
+ //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
+
+ //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+ //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
+
+ //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+ //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+ #define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * Trinamic Smart Drivers
+ *
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
+ * - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
+ * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
+ * - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
+ * (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
+ * - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
+ *
+ * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
+ * - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
+ * For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
+ * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
+ * - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper
+ *
+ * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ *
+ * @section tmc/config
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X
+
+ #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
+
+ /**
+ * Interpolate microsteps to 256
+ * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below
+ */
+ #define INTERPOLATE true
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
+ #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+ #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for homing. (Typically lower than *_CURRENT.)
+ #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
+ #define X_RSENSE 0.11 // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X
+ #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
+ //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
+ //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
+ #define X2_CURRENT X_CURRENT
+ #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME
+ #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS
+ #define X2_RSENSE X_RSENSE
+ #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
+ #define Y_CURRENT 800
+ #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
+ #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
+ #define Y2_CURRENT Y_CURRENT
+ #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME
+ #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS
+ #define Y2_RSENSE Y_RSENSE
+ #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
+ #define Z_CURRENT 800
+ #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
+ #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
+ #define Z2_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
+ #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
+ #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
+ #define Z2_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
+ #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
+ #define Z3_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
+ #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
+ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
+ #define Z3_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
+ #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
+ #define Z4_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
+ #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
+ #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
+ #define Z4_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
+ #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
+ #define I_CURRENT 800
+ #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
+ #define I_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define I_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define I_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define I_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
+ #define J_CURRENT 800
+ #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
+ #define J_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define J_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define J_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define J_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
+ #define K_CURRENT 800
+ #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
+ #define K_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define K_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define K_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define K_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
+ #define U_CURRENT 800
+ #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
+ #define U_MICROSTEPS 8
+ #define U_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define U_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define U_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
+ #define V_CURRENT 800
+ #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
+ #define V_MICROSTEPS 8
+ #define V_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define V_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define V_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
+ #define W_CURRENT 800
+ #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
+ #define W_MICROSTEPS 8
+ #define W_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define W_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define W_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
+ #define E0_CURRENT 800
+ #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
+ #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
+ #define E1_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E1_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
+ #define E2_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E2_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
+ #define E3_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E3_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
+ #define E4_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E4_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
+ #define E5_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E5_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
+ #define E6_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E6_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
+ #define E7_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
+ #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
+ #define E7_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
+ #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
+ //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
+ //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Use the homing current for all probing. (e.g., Current may be reduced to the
+ * point where a collision makes the motor skip instead of damaging the bed,
+ * though this is unlikely to save delicate probes from being damaged.
+ */
+ //#define PROBING_USE_CURRENT_HOME
+
+ // @section tmc/spi
+
+ /**
+ * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+ * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+ */
+ //#define X_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define I_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define J_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define K_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define U_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define V_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define W_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E6_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E7_CS_PIN -1
+
+ /**
+ * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+ * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+ * but you can override or define them here.
+ */
+ //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+ //#define TMC_SPI_MOSI -1
+ //#define TMC_SPI_MISO -1
+ //#define TMC_SPI_SCK -1
+
+ // @section tmc/serial
+
+ /**
+ * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+ * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+ * Address | MS1 | MS2
+ * 0 | LOW | LOW
+ * 1 | HIGH | LOW
+ * 2 | LOW | HIGH
+ * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
+ *
+ * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
+ * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
+ */
+ //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+ //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+ // @section tmc/smart
+
+ /**
+ * Software enable
+ *
+ * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+ * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+ */
+ //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+ // @section tmc/stealthchop
+
+ /**
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+ * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+ * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+ */
+ #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_I
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_J
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_K
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_U
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_V
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_W
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+ * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+ * Provided parameter sets are
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+ * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
+ * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
+ * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+ *
+ * Define your own with:
+ * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+ */
+ #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below)
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below)
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+ //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
+
+ // @section tmc/status
+
+ /**
+ * Monitor Trinamic drivers
+ * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
+ * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
+ * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+ * Relevant G-codes:
+ * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+ * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+ * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+ * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+ */
+ //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+ #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+ #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
+ #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+ #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+ #endif
+
+ // @section tmc/hybrid
+
+ /**
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+ * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+ * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+ * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+ * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+ */
+ //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+ #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
+ #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
+ #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
+ #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
+ #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]
+ #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+
+ /**
+ * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
+ *
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+ * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+ * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+ *
+ * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
+ * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
+ *
+ * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
+ * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
+ * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
+ *
+ * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
+ *
+ * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
+ * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
+ * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
+ *
+ * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
+ * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
+ *
+ * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
+ * @section tmc/stallguard
+ */
+ //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+ #if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+ // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+ #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+ #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+ //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+ //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+ //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+ //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130/TMC5160 only
+ //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
+ #endif
+
+ // @section tmc/config
+
+ /**
+ * TMC Homing stepper phase.
+ *
+ * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
+ * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
+ * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
+ * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
+ *
+ * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
+ */
+ //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
+
+ /**
+ * Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave).
+ */
+ //#define EDGE_STEPPING
+
+ /**
+ * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+ * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
+ */
+ //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+ /**
+ * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+ * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+ * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
+ * stepperY.intpol(0); \
+ * }
+ */
+ #define TMC_ADV() { }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//
+// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
+// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
+//
+//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL but may be useful for custom I2C peripherals.
+ * Enable this to send and receive I2C data from slave devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
+ * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77 ; M
+ * M260 B97 ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
+ #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+#endif
+
+// @section photo
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+ // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+ //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+ //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+ //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+ // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+ // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+ //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+ // Canon Hack Development Kit
+ // https://web.archive.org/web/20200920094805/https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+ //#define CHDK_PIN 4
+
+ // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+ //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+ //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+
+ /**
+ * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
+ * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
+ * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
+ * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
+ *
+ * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
+ * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
+ */
+ //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
+ #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
+ #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section cnc
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH
+
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+ #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
+ // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander
+ // the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
+ // (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
+ #endif
+
+ //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
+ #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
+ #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+ //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
+ #endif
+
+ //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
+ #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
+ #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin
+ //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin
+ #endif
+
+ //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
+ #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
+ #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control
+ #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
+ * - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
+ * - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
+ * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
+ * - SERVO (S0 - S180)
+ */
+ #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255
+
+ /**
+ * Relative Cutter Power
+ * Normally, 'M3 O' sets
+ * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
+ * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
+ * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
+ * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
+ */
+ //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]
+
+ #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+ //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+ #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+ #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+ /**
+ * M3/M4 Power Equation
+ *
+ * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
+ * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
+ *
+ * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
+ * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
+ */
+ #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
+ #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+ #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
+ #endif
+
+ #else
+
+ #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
+ #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100
+ #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
+ #endif
+
+ // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
+ #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
+ #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters
+
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+ /**
+ * Laser Safety Timeout
+ *
+ * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
+ * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
+ * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
+ * the material could ignite.
+ */
+ #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms)
+
+ /**
+ * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
+ *
+ * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
+ * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
+ *
+ * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
+ *
+ * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
+ * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
+ * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
+ * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
+ * More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
+ *
+ * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
+ * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
+ * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
+ * for a planner synchronization
+ */
+ //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
+
+ /**
+ * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
+ *
+ * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
+ * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
+ * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
+ */
+ //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP
+
+ //
+ // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
+ //
+ //#define I2C_AMMETER
+ #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
+ #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
+ #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
+ #endif
+
+ //
+ // Laser Coolant Flow Meter
+ //
+ //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
+ #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
+ #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
+ #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
+ #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
+ #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
+ #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
+ #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
+ *
+ * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing
+ * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
+ * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
+ * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
+ */
+//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+ #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
+ #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
+ #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+ #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+// @section filament width
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+ #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+ #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+ #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+ #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+ #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+ // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+ //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+// @section power
+
+/**
+ * Power Monitor
+ * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
+ *
+ * Read and configure with M430
+ *
+ * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
+ * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
+ */
+//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current
+//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage
+
+#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
+ #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
+ #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
+ #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
+ #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
+ #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
+#endif
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
+ *
+ * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
+ * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
+ * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
+ */
+//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT
+
+// @section cnc
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * CNC Drilling Cycle - UNDER DEVELOPMENT
+ *
+ * Enables G81 to perform a drilling cycle.
+ * Currently only supports a single cycle, no G-code chaining.
+ */
+//#define CNC_DRILLING_CYCLE
+
+// @section security
+
+/**
+ * Expected Printer Check
+ * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
+ * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
+ */
+//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
+
+// @section volumetrics
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+ /**
+ * Volumetric extrusion default state
+ * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+ * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+ *
+ * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
+ * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
+ */
+ //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+
+ //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
+ #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
+ /**
+ * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
+ * This factory setting applies to all extruders.
+ * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset.
+ * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
+ */
+ #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)
+ #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT_MAX 20 // (mm^3/sec)
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section reporting
+
+/**
+ * Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
+ */
+//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
+//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
+//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S
+ * Requires fans with tachometer pins
+ */
+//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS
+
+//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
+ //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report position with M154 S
+ */
+//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION
+#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION)
+ //#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * M115 - Report capabilites. Disable to save ~1150 bytes of flash.
+ * Some hosts (and serial TFT displays) rely on this feature.
+ */
+#define CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+#if ENABLED(CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
+ // Include capabilities in M115 output
+ #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+ #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
+ //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section gcode
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
+ //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Variables
+ *
+ * Define a variable from 100-115 with G-code like '#101=19.6'.
+ * A variable can then be used in a G-code expression like 'G0 X[#101+3]'.
+ * See https://gcodetutor.com/cnc-macro-programming/cnc-variables.html
+ */
+//#define GCODE_VARIABLES
+
+/**
+ * Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
+ */
+//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
+//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2
+
+//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
+
+//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
+
+/**
+ * Enable M111 debug flags 1=ECHO, 2=INFO, 4=ERRORS (unimplemented).
+ * Disable to save some flash. Some hosts (Repetier Host) may rely on this feature.
+ */
+#define DEBUG_FLAGS_GCODE
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes
+ * workspace offsets to slightly optimize performance.
+ * G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Disable M206 and M428 if you don't need home offsets.
+ */
+//#define NO_HOME_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+ //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+//#define G0_ANGULAR_FEEDRATE 2700 // (°/min)
+
+/**
+ * Startup commands
+ *
+ * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
+ */
+//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+ #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
+ #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
+ * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
+ */
+
+// @section custom main menu
+
+// Custom Menu: Main Menu
+//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
+ //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+ //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
+
+ #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info"
+ #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W"
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
+
+ #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+ #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info"
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503"
+ //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
+#endif
+
+// @section custom config menu
+
+// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
+//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
+ //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+ //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
+ #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
+
+ #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"
+ #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
+
+ #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"
+ #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
+
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"
+ //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
+#endif
+
+// @section custom buttons
+
+/**
+ * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
+ * Up to 25 may be defined.
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
+ //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
+ #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
+ #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
+ #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
+ #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28"
+ #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status
+ #endif
+
+ //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
+ #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
+ #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW
+ #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
+ #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+ #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+ #endif
+
+ //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
+ #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
+ #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW
+ #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
+ #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+ #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section host
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS //ORIGINAL: //#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+ //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
+ //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback
+ #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
+ //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
+ #endif
+ //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
+ //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Cancel Objects
+ *
+ * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
+ */
+//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
+#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
+ #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/products/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ * @section i2c encoders
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+ // encoders supported currently.
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+ // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+ // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+ // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+ // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+ // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+ // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+ // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
+
+ // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
+
+ //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+ // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+ // disable abort behavior.
+
+ #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+ // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+ // is trusted again.
+
+ /**
+ * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+ * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+ * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+ */
+ #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+ // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+ #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * Analog Joystick(s)
+ * @section joystick
+ */
+//#define JOYSTICK
+#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
+ #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
+ #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
+ #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
+ #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
+
+ //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
+ //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
+ //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
+
+ // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
+ #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
+ #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
+ #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
+ //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mechanical Gantry Calibration
+ * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
+ * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
+ * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
+ * @section calibrate
+ */
+//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
+#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
+ #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma
+ #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
+ #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move
+ //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction
+
+ //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
+ //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
+ //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE ""
+ #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
+ * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed.
+ * @section interface
+ */
+//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
+ //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here
+ #define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ * @section debug matrix
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+ #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
+ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
+ #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
+
+ //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+ #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
+ #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+ #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+ // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
+ //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
+ //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
+ //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
+
+ /**
+ * Sample debug features
+ * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+ */
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+ // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+ // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
+ // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
+ // See class CodeProfiler.
+ //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
+ //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_SLOWDOWN 6 // Count (mod 16) how many times SLOWDOWN has reduced print speed.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
+ * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
+ * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
+ * @section nanodlp
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+ //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
+ * @section network
+ */
+#if HAS_ETHERNET
+ #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Native ESP32 board with WiFi or add-on ESP32 WiFi-101 module
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management. Not needed for simple WiFi serial port.
+//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
+
+/**
+ * Extras for an ESP32-based motherboard with WIFISUPPORT
+ * These options don't apply to add-on WiFi modules based on ESP32 WiFi101.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+ //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) using SPIFFS
+ //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+ //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
+
+ /**
+ * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
+ * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
+ * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
+ *
+ * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
+ * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
+ */
+ //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
+#endif
+
+// @section multi-material
+
+/**
+ * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ *
+ * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
+ * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
+ */
+#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
+ /**
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ *
+ * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+ * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+ */
+ //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
+ //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+ //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
+ // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+ #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2
+
+ // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+ //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+ // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+ //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+ // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+ #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+ // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+ //#define MMU2_MENUS
+
+ // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+ // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+ #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+ #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+ { 7.2, 1145 }, \
+ { 14.4, 871 }, \
+ { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+ { 14.4, 871 }, \
+ { 50.0, 198 }
+
+ #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+ { 1.0, 1000 }, \
+ { 1.0, 1500 }, \
+ { 2.0, 2000 }, \
+ { 1.5, 3000 }, \
+ { 2.5, 4000 }, \
+ { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+ { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+ { -6.0, 600 }, \
+ { 10.0, 700 }, \
+ { -10.0, 400 }, \
+ { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+ /**
+ * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
+ * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
+ * See https://help.prusa3d.com/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560#42048, step 11
+ */
+ #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
+ #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
+
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
+ { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
+ { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
+ { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
+
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
+
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
+ #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
+ { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
+
+ // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move
+ //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE
+ #else
+
+ /**
+ * MMU1 Extruder Sensor
+ *
+ * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
+ * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
+ * sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
+ *
+ * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
+ * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
+ * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
+ */
+ //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
+ #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
+ #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ * @section stats
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+ #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
+ // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
+
+//
+// M42 - Set pin states
+//
+//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL
+
+//
+// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
+//
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
+//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
+
+#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
+ /**
+ * D576 - Buffer Monitoring
+ * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
+ */
+ //#define BUFFER_MONITORING
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
+ * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
+ * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
+ */
+//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING
+
+/**
+ * Software Reset options
+ */
+//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
+//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL
+
+// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
+//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON
+
+// Shrink the build for smaller boards by sacrificing some serial feedback
+//#define MARLIN_SMALL_BUILD
diff --git a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/latest/Configuration.h b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/latest/Configuration.h
index d9b991d..0fd62e3 100644
--- a/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/latest/Configuration.h
+++ b/autogeneratedConfigs/default/nightly/latest/Configuration.h
@@ -410,9 +410,18 @@
//#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off
#define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
- //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
+ //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+ //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
+ //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
+
+ //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT // Second pin for redundant power control
+ //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT_INVERTED // Redundant pin state is the inverse of PSU_ACTIVE_STATE
+
+ //#define PS_ON1_PIN 6 // Redundant pin required to enable power in combination with PS_ON_PIN
+
+ //#define PS_ON_EDM_PIN 8 // External Device Monitoring pins for external power control relay feedback. Fault on mismatch.
+ //#define PS_ON1_EDM_PIN 9
+ #define PS_EDM_RESPONSE 250 // (ms) Time to allow for relay action
//#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay
//#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown
diff --git a/last_nightly.json b/last_nightly.json
index 800326b..088cc3b 100644
--- a/last_nightly.json
+++ b/last_nightly.json
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
{
"builds/default.js": {
- "version": "d609bb4671155398ffc16f4ad42a105f60abac28",
+ "version": "e6cda9932b8c711259b3ca79923b2aadd4e8421f",
"md5": "270909a8527b2c9e68db95d4b9c18053",
- "assetId": 154107889
+ "assetId": 154612831
}
}
\ No newline at end of file